1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 40 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 41 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 42 using namespace clang; 43 using namespace sema; 44 45 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 46 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 47 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 48 /// name of the corresponding type. 49 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 50 SourceLocation NameLoc, 51 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 52 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 53 54 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 55 QualType Type; 56 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 58 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 59 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 60 break; 61 62 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 63 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 64 // typename type for it. 65 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 66 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 67 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 68 break; 69 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 73 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 74 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 75 } 76 77 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 78 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 79 return CreateParsedType(Type, 80 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 81 } 82 83 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 84 IdentifierInfo &II, 85 SourceLocation NameLoc, 86 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 87 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 88 bool EnteringContext) { 89 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 90 91 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 92 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 93 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 94 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 95 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 96 // this appears to be ill-formed: 97 // 98 // namespace N { 99 // template <typename T> struct S { 100 // ~S(); 101 // }; 102 // } 103 // 104 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 105 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 106 // } 107 // 108 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 109 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 110 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 111 QualType SearchType; 112 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 113 bool isDependent = false; 114 bool LookInScope = false; 115 116 if (SS.isInvalid()) 117 return ParsedType(); 118 119 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 120 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 121 // we know what type we're looking for. 122 if (ObjectTypePtr) 123 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 124 125 if (SS.isSet()) { 126 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 127 128 bool AlreadySearched = false; 129 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 130 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 131 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 132 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 133 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 134 // 135 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 136 // 137 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 138 // 139 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 140 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 141 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 142 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 143 AlreadySearched = true; 144 LookupCtx = DC; 145 isDependent = false; 146 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 147 LookAtPrefix = false; 148 LookInScope = true; 149 } 150 151 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 152 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 153 if (AlreadySearched) { 154 // Nothing left to do. 155 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 156 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 157 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 158 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 159 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 160 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 161 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 162 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 163 } else { 164 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 165 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 166 } 167 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 168 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 169 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 170 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 171 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 172 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 173 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 174 // cv-qualified) T. 175 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 176 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 177 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 178 "Caller should have completed object type"); 179 180 LookInScope = true; 181 } else { 182 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 183 LookInScope = true; 184 } 185 186 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 187 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 188 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 189 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 190 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 191 // we're allowed to look there). 192 Found.clear(); 193 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 194 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 195 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 196 LookupName(Found, S); 197 else 198 continue; 199 200 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 201 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 202 return ParsedType(); 203 204 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 205 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 206 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 207 208 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 209 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 210 // We found our type! 211 212 return CreateParsedType(T, 213 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 214 } 215 216 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 217 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 218 } 219 220 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 221 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 222 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 223 // this is the destructor for that class. 224 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 225 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 226 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 227 QualType MemberOfType; 228 if (SS.isSet()) { 229 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 230 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 231 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 232 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 233 } 234 } 235 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 236 MemberOfType = SearchType; 237 238 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 239 continue; 240 241 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 242 // class template we found is the same as the template being 243 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 244 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 245 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 246 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 247 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 248 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 249 return CreateParsedType( 250 MemberOfType, 251 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 252 } 253 254 continue; 255 } 256 257 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 258 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 259 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 260 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 261 // has the same name. 262 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 263 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 264 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 265 266 // The class template we found is the same template being 267 // specialized. 268 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 269 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 270 return CreateParsedType( 271 MemberOfType, 272 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 273 274 continue; 275 } 276 277 // The class template we found has the same name as the 278 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 279 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 280 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 281 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 282 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 283 return CreateParsedType( 284 MemberOfType, 285 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 286 287 continue; 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 } 292 293 if (isDependent) { 294 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 295 // anyway. 296 297 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 298 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 299 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 300 II, NameLoc); 301 return ParsedType::make(T); 302 } 303 304 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 305 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 306 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 307 << T << SearchType; 308 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 309 << T; 310 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 311 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 312 << &II; 313 else { 314 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 315 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 316 if (S) { 317 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 318 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 319 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 320 Class->getNameAsString()); 321 } 322 } 323 324 return ParsedType(); 325 } 326 327 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 328 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 329 return ParsedType(); 330 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 331 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 332 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 333 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 334 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 335 return ParsedType::make(T); 336 } 337 338 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 339 << T << SearchType; 340 return ParsedType(); 341 } 342 343 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 344 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 345 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 346 347 if (!SS.isValid()) 348 return false; 349 350 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 353 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 354 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 355 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 356 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 357 // case where the scope is dependent. 358 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 359 << SS.getScopeRep(); 360 return true; 361 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 365 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 366 return false; 367 } 368 369 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 370 } 371 372 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 373 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 374 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 375 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 376 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 377 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 378 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 379 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 380 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 381 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 382 Qualifiers Quals; 383 QualType T 384 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 385 Quals); 386 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 387 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 388 return ExprError(); 389 390 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 391 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 392 393 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 394 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 395 } 396 397 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 398 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 399 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 400 Expr *E, 401 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 402 bool WasEvaluated = false; 403 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 404 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 405 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 406 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 407 E = result.get(); 408 } 409 410 QualType T = E->getType(); 411 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 412 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 413 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 414 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 415 // shall be completely-defined. 416 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 417 return ExprError(); 418 419 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 420 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 421 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 422 // operand. [...] 423 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 424 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 425 // and recheck the subexpression. 426 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 427 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 428 E = Result.get(); 429 430 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 431 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 432 WasEvaluated = true; 433 } 434 } 435 436 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 437 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 438 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 439 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 440 // type. 441 Qualifiers Quals; 442 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 443 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 444 T = UnqualT; 445 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 446 } 447 } 448 449 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 450 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 451 << E->getType()); 452 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 453 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 454 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 455 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 456 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 457 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 458 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 459 } 460 461 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 462 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 463 } 464 465 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 466 ExprResult 467 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 468 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 469 // Find the std::type_info type. 470 if (!getStdNamespace()) 471 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 472 473 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 474 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 475 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 476 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 477 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 478 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 479 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 480 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 481 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 482 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 483 } 484 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 485 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 486 } 487 488 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 489 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 490 } 491 492 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 493 494 if (isType) { 495 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 496 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 497 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 498 &TInfo); 499 if (T.isNull()) 500 return ExprError(); 501 502 if (!TInfo) 503 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 504 505 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 506 } 507 508 // The operand is an expression. 509 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 510 } 511 512 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 513 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 514 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 515 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 516 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 517 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 518 bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false; 519 if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(), 520 &HasMultipleGUIDs)) { 521 if (HasMultipleGUIDs) 522 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 523 else 524 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 525 } 526 } 527 528 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 529 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 530 } 531 532 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 533 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 534 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 535 Expr *E, 536 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 537 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 538 bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false; 539 if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) && 540 !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 541 if (HasMultipleGUIDs) 542 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 543 else 544 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 545 } 546 } 547 548 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 549 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 550 } 551 552 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 553 ExprResult 554 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 555 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 556 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 557 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 558 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 559 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 560 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 561 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 562 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 563 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 564 } 565 566 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 567 568 if (isType) { 569 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 570 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 571 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 572 &TInfo); 573 if (T.isNull()) 574 return ExprError(); 575 576 if (!TInfo) 577 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 578 579 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 580 } 581 582 // The operand is an expression. 583 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 584 } 585 586 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 587 ExprResult 588 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 589 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 590 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 591 return new (Context) 592 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 593 } 594 595 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 596 ExprResult 597 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 598 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 599 } 600 601 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 602 ExprResult 603 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 604 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 605 if (Ex) { 606 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 607 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 608 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 609 // 610 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 611 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 612 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 613 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 614 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 615 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 616 // exception object 617 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 618 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 619 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 620 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 621 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 622 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 623 break; 624 } 625 626 if (S->getFlags() & 627 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 628 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 629 Scope::TryScope)) 630 break; 631 } 632 } 633 } 634 } 635 636 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 637 } 638 639 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 640 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 641 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 642 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 643 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 644 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 645 646 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 647 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 648 649 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 650 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 651 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 652 return ExprError(); 653 654 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 655 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 656 657 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 658 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 659 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 660 // 661 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 662 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 663 // catch-clause 664 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 665 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 666 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 667 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 668 // exception object 669 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 670 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 671 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 672 673 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 674 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 675 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 676 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 677 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 678 if (Res.isInvalid()) 679 return ExprError(); 680 Ex = Res.get(); 681 } 682 683 return new (Context) 684 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 685 } 686 687 static void 688 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 689 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 690 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 691 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 692 bool ParentIsPublic) { 693 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 694 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 695 bool NewSubobject; 696 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 697 // always distinct subobjects. 698 if (BS.isVirtual()) 699 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 700 else 701 NewSubobject = true; 702 703 if (NewSubobject) 704 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 705 706 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 707 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 708 if (PublicPath) 709 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 710 711 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 712 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 713 PublicPath); 714 } 715 } 716 717 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 718 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 719 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 720 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 721 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 722 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 723 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 724 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 725 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 726 727 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 728 // Skip ambiguous objects. 729 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 730 continue; 731 732 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 733 } 734 } 735 736 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 737 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 738 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 739 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 740 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 741 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 742 bool isPointer = false; 743 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 744 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 745 isPointer = true; 746 } 747 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 748 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 749 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 750 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 751 E->getSourceRange())) 752 return true; 753 754 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 755 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 756 return true; 757 } 758 759 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 760 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 761 if (!RD) 762 return false; 763 764 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 765 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 766 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 767 768 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 769 if (isPointer) 770 return false; 771 772 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 773 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 774 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 775 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 776 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 777 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 778 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 779 return true; 780 } 781 } 782 783 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 784 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 785 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 786 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 787 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 788 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 789 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 790 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 791 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 792 793 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 794 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 795 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 796 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 797 // lookup and overload resolution. 798 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 799 if (!CD) 800 continue; 801 802 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 803 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 804 805 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 806 // in the catchable type data. 807 if (CD->isTrivial()) 808 continue; 809 810 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 811 // type to this constructor. 812 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 813 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 814 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 815 // friendship or any other means). 816 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 817 818 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 819 // we must rebuild them here. 820 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 821 // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated. 822 if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I)) 823 continue; 824 825 Expr *DefaultArg = 826 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get(); 827 Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg); 828 } 829 } 830 } 831 832 return false; 833 } 834 835 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 836 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 837 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 838 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 839 if (method && method->isInstance()) 840 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 841 } 842 if (ThisTy.isNull()) { 843 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) && 844 CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) { 845 // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated 846 // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'. 847 // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer 848 // from. 849 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType( 850 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent())); 851 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 852 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 853 return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 854 } 855 } 856 return ThisTy; 857 } 858 859 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 860 Decl *ContextDecl, 861 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 862 bool Enabled) 863 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 864 { 865 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 866 return; 867 868 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 869 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 870 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 871 else 872 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 873 874 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 875 = S.Context.getPointerType( 876 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 877 878 this->Enabled = true; 879 } 880 881 882 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 883 if (Enabled) { 884 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 885 } 886 } 887 888 static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 889 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) { 890 FieldDecl *Field 891 = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy, 892 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc), 893 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit); 894 Field->setImplicit(true); 895 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 896 RD->addDecl(Field); 897 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true); 898 } 899 900 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit, 901 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { 902 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 903 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 904 return true; 905 906 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 907 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 908 // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'. 909 unsigned NumClosures = 0; 910 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 911 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 912 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 913 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 914 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 915 break; 916 } 917 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 918 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 919 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 920 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 921 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit; 922 return true; 923 } 924 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 925 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 926 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 927 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 928 Explicit) { 929 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 930 NumClosures++; 931 Explicit = false; 932 continue; 933 } 934 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 935 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 936 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit; 937 return true; 938 } 939 break; 940 } 941 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 942 // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped. 943 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 944 // contexts. 945 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures; 946 --idx, --NumClosures) { 947 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 948 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 949 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 950 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) 951 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression. 952 ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc); 953 else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 954 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 955 ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc); 956 957 bool isNested = NumClosures > 1; 958 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr); 959 } 960 return false; 961 } 962 963 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 964 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 965 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 966 /// which the function is called. 967 968 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 969 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 970 971 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 972 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 973 } 974 975 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 976 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 977 // type for 'this'. 978 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 979 return false; 980 981 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 982 // defined. 983 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 984 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 985 } 986 987 ExprResult 988 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 989 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 990 MultiExprArg exprs, 991 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 992 if (!TypeRep) 993 return ExprError(); 994 995 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 996 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 997 if (!TInfo) 998 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 999 1000 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1001 } 1002 1003 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1004 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1005 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1006 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1007 ExprResult 1008 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1009 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1010 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1011 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1012 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1013 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1014 1015 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1016 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1017 RParenLoc); 1018 } 1019 1020 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1021 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1022 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1023 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1024 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1025 1026 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1027 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1028 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1029 // corresponding cast expression. 1030 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1031 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1032 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1033 } 1034 1035 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1036 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1037 if (!ListInitialization) 1038 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1039 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1040 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1041 } 1042 1043 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1044 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1045 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1046 return ExprError(); 1047 1048 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty, 1049 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1050 return ExprError(); 1051 1052 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1053 InitializationKind Kind = 1054 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1055 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1056 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1057 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1058 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1059 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1060 1061 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1062 return Result; 1063 1064 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1065 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1066 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1067 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1068 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1069 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1070 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1071 // 1072 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1073 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1074 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1075 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1076 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1077 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1078 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1079 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1080 } 1081 1082 return Result; 1083 } 1084 1085 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual 1086 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter. 1087 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1088 QualType allocType) { 1089 const RecordType *record = 1090 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1091 if (!record) return false; 1092 1093 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1094 1095 DeclarationName deleteName = 1096 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1097 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1098 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1099 1100 // We're just doing this for information. 1101 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1102 1103 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1104 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1105 1106 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1107 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1108 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1109 1110 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter(); 1111 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1112 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1113 1114 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1115 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function, 1116 // regardless of its signature. 1117 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) { 1118 filter.erase(); 1119 continue; 1120 } 1121 1122 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1123 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one 1124 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function 1125 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the 1126 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function 1127 // is a usual deallocation function. 1128 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) { 1129 filter.erase(); 1130 continue; 1131 } 1132 } 1133 filter.done(); 1134 1135 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false; 1136 1137 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl()); 1138 return (del->getNumParams() == 2); 1139 } 1140 1141 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1142 /// 1143 /// E.g.: 1144 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1145 /// or 1146 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1147 /// 1148 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1149 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1150 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1151 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1152 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1153 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1154 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1155 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1156 /// if there is none. 1157 ExprResult 1158 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1159 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1160 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1161 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1162 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1163 1164 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1165 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1166 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1167 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1168 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1169 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1170 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1171 << D.getSourceRange()); 1172 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1173 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1174 << D.getSourceRange()); 1175 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1176 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1177 << D.getSourceRange()); 1178 1179 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1180 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1181 } 1182 1183 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1184 if (ArraySize) { 1185 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1186 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1187 break; 1188 1189 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1190 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1191 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1192 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1193 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1194 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1195 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1196 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1197 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1198 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1199 Array.NumElts 1200 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1201 CCEK_NewExpr) 1202 .get(); 1203 } else { 1204 Array.NumElts 1205 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1206 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1207 .get(); 1208 } 1209 if (!Array.NumElts) 1210 return ExprError(); 1211 } 1212 } 1213 } 1214 } 1215 1216 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1217 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1218 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1219 return ExprError(); 1220 1221 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1222 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1223 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1224 1225 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1226 PlacementLParen, 1227 PlacementArgs, 1228 PlacementRParen, 1229 TypeIdParens, 1230 AllocType, 1231 TInfo, 1232 ArraySize, 1233 DirectInitRange, 1234 Initializer, 1235 TypeContainsAuto); 1236 } 1237 1238 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1239 Expr *Init) { 1240 if (!Init) 1241 return true; 1242 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1243 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1244 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1245 return true; 1246 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1247 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1248 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1249 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1250 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1251 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1252 return true; 1253 } 1254 return false; 1255 } 1256 1257 ExprResult 1258 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1259 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1260 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1261 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1262 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1263 QualType AllocType, 1264 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1265 Expr *ArraySize, 1266 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1267 Expr *Initializer, 1268 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1269 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1270 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1271 1272 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1273 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1274 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1275 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1276 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1277 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1278 else { 1279 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1280 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1281 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1282 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1283 } 1284 1285 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1286 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1287 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1288 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1289 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1290 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1291 } 1292 1293 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1294 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1295 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1296 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1297 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1298 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1299 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1300 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1301 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1302 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1303 if (NumInits > 1) { 1304 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1305 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1306 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1307 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1308 } 1309 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1310 QualType DeducedType; 1311 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1312 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1313 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1314 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1315 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1316 return ExprError(); 1317 AllocType = DeducedType; 1318 } 1319 1320 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1321 // typedef of an array type. 1322 if (!ArraySize) { 1323 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1324 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1325 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1326 Context.getSizeType(), 1327 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1328 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1329 } 1330 } 1331 1332 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1333 return ExprError(); 1334 1335 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1336 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1337 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1338 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1339 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1340 } 1341 1342 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1343 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1344 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1345 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1346 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1347 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1348 } 1349 1350 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1351 1352 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1353 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1354 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1355 ArraySize = result.get(); 1356 } 1357 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1358 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1359 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1360 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1361 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1362 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1363 // std::size_t. 1364 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1365 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1366 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1367 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1368 1369 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1370 AA_Converting); 1371 1372 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1373 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1374 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1375 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1376 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1377 } else { 1378 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1379 protected: 1380 Expr *ArraySize; 1381 1382 public: 1383 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1384 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1385 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1386 1387 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1388 QualType T) override { 1389 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1390 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1391 } 1392 1393 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1394 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1395 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1396 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1397 } 1398 1399 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1400 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1401 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1402 } 1403 1404 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1405 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1406 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1407 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1408 } 1409 1410 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1411 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1412 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1413 } 1414 1415 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1416 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1417 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1418 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1419 } 1420 1421 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1422 QualType T, 1423 QualType ConvTy) override { 1424 return S.Diag(Loc, 1425 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1426 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1427 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1428 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1429 } 1430 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1431 1432 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1433 SizeDiagnoser); 1434 } 1435 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1436 return ExprError(); 1437 1438 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1439 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1440 1441 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1442 return ExprError(); 1443 1444 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1445 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1446 // with a non-negative value. 1447 // 1448 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of 1449 // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized 1450 // array type. 1451 // 1452 // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws 1453 // std::bad_array_new_length. 1454 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1455 llvm::APSInt Value; 1456 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1457 // unscoped enumeration type. 1458 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1459 if (Value < llvm::APSInt( 1460 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()), 1461 Value.isUnsigned())) { 1462 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1463 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1464 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size) 1465 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1466 else 1467 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1468 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1469 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1470 } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1471 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1472 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1473 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 1474 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1475 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1476 diag::warn_array_new_too_large) 1477 << Value.toString(10) 1478 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1479 else 1480 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1481 diag::err_array_too_large) 1482 << Value.toString(10) 1483 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1484 } 1485 } 1486 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1487 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1488 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1489 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1490 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1491 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1492 1493 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1494 } 1495 } 1496 1497 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1498 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1499 } 1500 1501 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1502 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1503 1504 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1505 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1506 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1507 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1508 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs, 1509 OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1510 return ExprError(); 1511 1512 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1513 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1514 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1515 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1516 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize 1517 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1518 1519 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1520 if (OperatorNew) { 1521 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1522 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1523 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1524 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1525 1526 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1527 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1528 // argument. 1529 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1, 1530 PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1531 return ExprError(); 1532 1533 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1534 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1535 1536 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1537 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1538 1539 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1540 } 1541 1542 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator 1543 // new. 1544 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew && 1545 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1546 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) { 1547 if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){ 1548 unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign(); 1549 if (Align > SuitableAlign) 1550 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1551 << AllocType 1552 << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth()) 1553 << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth()); 1554 } 1555 } 1556 1557 QualType InitType = AllocType; 1558 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1559 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1560 // dialect distinction. 1561 if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) { 1562 if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1563 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1564 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1565 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1566 return ExprError(); 1567 } 1568 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1569 // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type 1570 // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check 1571 // default-initialization). 1572 unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1; 1573 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, 1574 llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements), 1575 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1576 } 1577 } 1578 1579 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1580 // do it now. 1581 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1582 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1583 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1584 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1585 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1586 // object as follows: 1587 InitializationKind Kind 1588 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1589 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1590 // the object has indeterminate value 1591 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1592 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1593 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1594 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1595 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1596 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1597 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1598 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1599 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1600 1601 InitializedEntity Entity 1602 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1603 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1604 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1605 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1606 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1607 return ExprError(); 1608 1609 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1610 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1611 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1612 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1613 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1614 1615 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1616 } 1617 1618 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1619 if (OperatorNew) { 1620 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1621 return ExprError(); 1622 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1623 } 1624 if (OperatorDelete) { 1625 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1626 return ExprError(); 1627 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1628 } 1629 1630 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1631 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1632 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1633 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1634 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1635 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1636 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1637 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1638 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1639 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1640 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1641 << BaseAllocType); 1642 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1643 return ExprError(); 1644 } 1645 } 1646 } 1647 1648 return new (Context) 1649 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, 1650 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 1651 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 1652 Range, DirectInitRange); 1653 } 1654 1655 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 1656 /// in a new-expression. 1657 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 1658 SourceRange R) { 1659 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 1660 // abstract class type or array thereof. 1661 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 1662 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1663 << AllocType << 0 << R; 1664 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 1665 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1666 << AllocType << 1 << R; 1667 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1668 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 1669 return true; 1670 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 1671 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1672 return true; 1673 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 1674 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 1675 << AllocType; 1676 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 1677 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 1678 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 1679 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 1680 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 1681 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 1682 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1683 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 1684 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 1685 << BaseAllocType; 1686 } 1687 } 1688 1689 return false; 1690 } 1691 1692 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1693 /// deallocation function. 1694 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1695 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1696 return false; 1697 1698 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1699 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1700 1701 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1702 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1703 return false; 1704 1705 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1) 1706 return true; 1707 1708 return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 && 1709 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(), 1710 S.Context.getSizeType()); 1711 } 1712 1713 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 1714 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 1715 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1716 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 1717 bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 1718 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 1719 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 1720 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 1721 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 1722 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 1723 // in the scope of the allocated class. 1724 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 1725 // operator new. 1726 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 1727 // placement form. 1728 1729 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size()); 1730 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument. 1731 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 1732 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 1733 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 1734 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 1735 Context.getSizeType(), 1736 SourceLocation()); 1737 AllocArgs[0] = &Size; 1738 std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1); 1739 1740 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 1741 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 1742 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 1743 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 1744 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 1745 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 1746 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1747 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 1748 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1749 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 1750 1751 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1752 1753 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1754 CXXRecordDecl *Record 1755 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1756 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record, 1757 /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew)) 1758 return true; 1759 } 1760 1761 if (!OperatorNew) { 1762 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one. 1763 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1764 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1765 bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat; 1766 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1767 /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew, 1768 /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) { 1769 if (!FallbackEnabled) 1770 return true; 1771 1772 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 1773 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 1774 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 1775 // will not replicate that bug. 1776 NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New); 1777 DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 1778 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1779 /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew)) 1780 return true; 1781 } 1782 } 1783 1784 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under 1785 // -fno-exceptions. 1786 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 1787 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1788 return false; 1789 } 1790 1791 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 1792 // 1793 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 1794 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 1795 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 1796 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 1797 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 1798 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 1799 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 1800 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1801 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1802 CXXRecordDecl *RD 1803 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1804 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 1805 } 1806 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 1807 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 1808 1809 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 1810 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1811 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 1812 } 1813 1814 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 1815 1816 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 1817 1818 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 1819 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 1820 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 1821 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 1822 // A *a = new A() 1823 bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1); 1824 1825 if (isPlacementNew) { 1826 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1827 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 1828 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 1829 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 1830 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 1831 // identical. [...] 1832 // 1833 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 1834 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 1835 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 1836 // 1837 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like. 1838 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 1839 { 1840 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 1841 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1842 1843 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 1844 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 1845 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 1846 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 1847 1848 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 1849 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 1850 1851 ExpectedFunctionType 1852 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 1853 } 1854 1855 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1856 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1857 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1858 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 1859 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl 1860 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 1861 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 1862 // expected function type. 1863 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 1864 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 1865 Info)) 1866 continue; 1867 } else 1868 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1869 1870 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType)) 1871 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 1872 } 1873 } else { 1874 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1875 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 1876 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 1877 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1878 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1879 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1880 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) 1881 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 1882 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 1883 } 1884 1885 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 1886 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 1887 // function lookup is used 1888 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 1889 // If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation 1890 // function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation 1891 // function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the 1892 // selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters. 1893 // Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function 1894 // with one parameter. 1895 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 1896 if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1) 1897 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 1898 else 1899 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 1900 assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 && 1901 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 1902 } 1903 } 1904 1905 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1906 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 1907 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 1908 // deallocation function will be called. 1909 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 1910 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 1911 1912 // C++0x [expr.new]p20: 1913 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual 1914 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered 1915 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 1916 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 1917 // is ill-formed. 1918 if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 1919 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 1920 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) 1921 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 1922 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 1923 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 1924 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1925 << DeleteName; 1926 } else { 1927 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 1928 Matches[0].first); 1929 } 1930 } 1931 1932 return false; 1933 } 1934 1935 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function 1936 /// in the specified scope. 1937 /// 1938 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token. 1939 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments. 1940 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]'). 1941 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified. 1942 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the 1943 /// translation unit. 1944 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any 1945 /// allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p 1946 /// Operator. 1947 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if 1948 /// no allocation function was found. 1949 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not 1950 /// usable. 1951 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1952 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 1953 DeclContext *Ctx, 1954 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 1955 bool Diagnose) { 1956 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1957 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx); 1958 if (R.empty()) { 1959 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose) 1960 return false; 1961 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 1962 << Name << Range; 1963 } 1964 1965 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 1966 return true; 1967 1968 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 1969 1970 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 1971 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 1972 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 1973 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 1974 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 1975 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1976 1977 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 1978 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 1979 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, 1980 Args, Candidates, 1981 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 1982 continue; 1983 } 1984 1985 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 1986 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 1987 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 1988 } 1989 1990 // Do the resolution. 1991 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 1992 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) { 1993 case OR_Success: { 1994 // Got one! 1995 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 1996 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), 1997 Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 1998 return true; 1999 2000 Operator = FnDecl; 2001 return false; 2002 } 2003 2004 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2005 if (Diagnose) { 2006 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2007 << Name << Range; 2008 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2009 } 2010 return true; 2011 2012 case OR_Ambiguous: 2013 if (Diagnose) { 2014 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2015 << Name << Range; 2016 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2017 } 2018 return true; 2019 2020 case OR_Deleted: { 2021 if (Diagnose) { 2022 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2023 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2024 << Name 2025 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2026 << Range; 2027 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2028 } 2029 return true; 2030 } 2031 } 2032 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2033 } 2034 2035 2036 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2037 /// delete. These are: 2038 /// @code 2039 /// // C++03: 2040 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2041 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2042 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2043 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2044 /// // C++11: 2045 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2046 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2047 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2048 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2049 /// // C++1y: 2050 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2051 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2052 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2053 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2054 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2055 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2056 /// @endcode 2057 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2058 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2059 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2060 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2061 return; 2062 2063 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2064 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2065 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2066 // program 2067 // 2068 // C++03: 2069 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2070 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2071 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2072 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2073 // C++11: 2074 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2075 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2076 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2077 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2078 // C++1y: 2079 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2080 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2081 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2082 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2083 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2084 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2085 // 2086 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2087 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2088 // 2089 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2090 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2091 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2092 // lookup. 2093 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2094 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2095 // implicitly. 2096 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2097 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2098 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2099 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2100 nullptr); 2101 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2102 } 2103 2104 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2105 2106 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2107 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2108 bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew; 2109 2110 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2111 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New), 2112 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2113 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2114 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New), 2115 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2116 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2117 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2118 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2119 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2120 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2121 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2122 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) { 2123 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2124 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2125 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2126 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2127 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2128 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2129 } 2130 } 2131 2132 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2133 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2134 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2135 QualType Return, 2136 QualType Param1, QualType Param2, 2137 bool AddRestrictAttr) { 2138 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2139 unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2; 2140 2141 // Check if this function is already declared. 2142 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2143 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2144 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2145 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2146 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2147 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2148 if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) { 2149 QualType InitialParam1Type = 2150 Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0) 2151 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); 2152 QualType InitialParam2Type = 2153 NumParams == 2 2154 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1) 2155 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) 2156 : QualType(); 2157 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here? 2158 if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 && 2159 (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) { 2160 if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>()) 2161 Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit( 2162 Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2163 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2164 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2165 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2166 Func->setHidden(false); 2167 return; 2168 } 2169 } 2170 } 2171 } 2172 2173 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2174 2175 QualType BadAllocType; 2176 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2177 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2178 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2179 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2180 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2181 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2182 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2183 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2184 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2185 } 2186 } else { 2187 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2188 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2189 } 2190 2191 QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 }; 2192 2193 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType( 2194 Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI); 2195 FunctionDecl *Alloc = 2196 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), 2197 SourceLocation(), Name, 2198 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2199 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2200 2201 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2202 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 2203 VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2204 2205 if (AddRestrictAttr) 2206 Alloc->addAttr( 2207 RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2208 2209 ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2]; 2210 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { 2211 ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), 2212 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2213 Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2214 SC_None, nullptr); 2215 ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit(); 2216 } 2217 Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams)); 2218 2219 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2220 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2221 } 2222 2223 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2224 bool CanProvideSize, 2225 DeclarationName Name) { 2226 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2227 2228 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2229 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2230 2231 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2232 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2233 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2234 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches; 2235 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2236 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2237 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2238 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D)) 2239 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2240 Matches.push_back(Fn); 2241 } 2242 2243 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2244 // If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a 2245 // usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual 2246 // deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size 2247 // parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one 2248 // with two parameters. Otherwise, the selected deallocation function 2249 // shall be the function with one parameter. 2250 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2251 unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1; 2252 if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs) 2253 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2254 else 2255 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2256 assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs && 2257 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2258 } 2259 2260 assert(Matches.size() == 1 && 2261 "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions"); 2262 return Matches.front(); 2263 } 2264 2265 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2266 DeclarationName Name, 2267 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2268 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2269 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2270 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2271 2272 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2273 return true; 2274 2275 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2276 2277 SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches; 2278 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2279 F != FEnd; ++F) { 2280 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2281 2282 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual 2283 // deallocation function. 2284 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 2285 continue; 2286 2287 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) 2288 Matches.push_back(F.getPair()); 2289 } 2290 2291 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it. 2292 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2293 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2294 2295 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2296 if (Diagnose) { 2297 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2298 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2299 } 2300 return true; 2301 } 2302 2303 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2304 Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2305 return true; 2306 2307 return false; 2308 2309 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2310 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2311 if (Diagnose) { 2312 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2313 << Name << RD; 2314 2315 for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator 2316 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F) 2317 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2318 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2319 } 2320 return true; 2321 } 2322 2323 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2324 // none of them were suitable. 2325 if (!Found.empty()) { 2326 if (Diagnose) { 2327 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2328 << Name << RD; 2329 2330 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2331 F != FEnd; ++F) 2332 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2333 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2334 } 2335 return true; 2336 } 2337 2338 Operator = nullptr; 2339 return false; 2340 } 2341 2342 namespace { 2343 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2344 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2345 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2346 public: 2347 enum MismatchResult { 2348 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2349 NoMismatch, 2350 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2351 VarInitMismatches, 2352 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2353 MemberInitMismatches, 2354 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2355 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2356 AnalyzeLater 2357 }; 2358 2359 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2360 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2361 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2362 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2363 : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2364 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2365 2366 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2367 /// matching form of new-expression. 2368 /// 2369 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2370 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2371 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2372 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2373 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2374 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2375 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2376 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2377 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2378 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2379 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2380 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2381 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2382 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2383 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2384 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2385 bool IsArrayForm; 2386 FieldDecl *Field; 2387 2388 private: 2389 const bool EndOfTU; 2390 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2391 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2392 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2393 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2394 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2395 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2396 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2397 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2398 /// 2399 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2400 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2401 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2402 /// \c NoMismatch. 2403 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2404 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2405 /// \c new. 2406 /// 2407 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2408 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2409 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2410 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2411 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2412 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2413 /// form of \c new. 2414 /// 2415 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2416 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2417 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2418 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2419 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2420 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2421 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2422 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2423 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2424 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2425 /// in-class initializer. 2426 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2427 }; 2428 } 2429 2430 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2431 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2432 NewExprs.clear(); 2433 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2434 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2435 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2436 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2437 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2438 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2439 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2440 return VarInitMismatches; 2441 } 2442 return NoMismatch; 2443 } 2444 2445 const CXXNewExpr * 2446 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2447 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2448 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2449 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2450 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2451 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2452 } 2453 2454 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2455 } 2456 2457 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2458 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2459 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2460 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2461 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2462 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2463 return true; 2464 else 2465 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2466 } 2467 return false; 2468 } 2469 2470 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2471 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2472 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2473 return false; 2474 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2475 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2476 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2477 return EndOfTU; 2478 } 2479 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2480 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2481 return true; 2482 } 2483 return false; 2484 } 2485 2486 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2487 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2488 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2489 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = 2490 getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(Field->getInClassInitializer())) { 2491 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2492 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2493 return MemberInitMismatches; 2494 } 2495 } 2496 return NoMismatch; 2497 } 2498 2499 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2500 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2501 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2502 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2503 this->Field = Field; 2504 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2505 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2506 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2507 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2508 return NoMismatch; 2509 } 2510 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2511 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2512 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2513 return MemberInitMismatches; 2514 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2515 : NoMismatch; 2516 } 2517 2518 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2519 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2520 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2521 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2522 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2523 return NoMismatch; 2524 } 2525 2526 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2527 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2528 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2529 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2530 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2531 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2532 } 2533 } 2534 return NewExprs.empty(); 2535 } 2536 2537 static void 2538 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2539 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2540 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2541 FixItHint H; 2542 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2543 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2544 else { 2545 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2546 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2547 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2548 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2549 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2550 } 2551 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2552 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2553 2554 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2555 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2556 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2557 } 2558 2559 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2560 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2561 return; 2562 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2563 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2564 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2565 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2566 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2567 break; 2568 } 2569 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2570 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2571 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2572 break; 2573 } 2574 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2575 break; 2576 } 2577 } 2578 2579 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2580 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2581 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2582 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2583 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2584 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2585 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2586 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2587 "translation unit."); 2588 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2589 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2590 break; 2591 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2592 break; 2593 } 2594 } 2595 2596 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 2597 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 2598 /// or 2599 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 2600 ExprResult 2601 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 2602 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 2603 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 2604 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 2605 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 2606 // void. 2607 // 2608 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 2609 2610 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 2611 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2612 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 2613 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 2614 2615 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 2616 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 2617 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 2618 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2619 return ExprError(); 2620 2621 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2622 2623 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2624 public: 2625 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 2626 2627 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 2628 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 2629 // the operator T*. 2630 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2631 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 2632 return true; 2633 return false; 2634 } 2635 2636 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2637 QualType T) override { 2638 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 2639 } 2640 2641 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2642 QualType T) override { 2643 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 2644 } 2645 2646 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2647 QualType T, 2648 QualType ConvTy) override { 2649 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 2650 } 2651 2652 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2653 QualType ConvTy) override { 2654 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2655 << ConvTy; 2656 } 2657 2658 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2659 QualType T) override { 2660 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 2661 } 2662 2663 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2664 QualType ConvTy) override { 2665 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2666 << ConvTy; 2667 } 2668 2669 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2670 QualType T, 2671 QualType ConvTy) override { 2672 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 2673 } 2674 } Converter; 2675 2676 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 2677 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2678 return ExprError(); 2679 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2680 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 2681 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 2682 // itself in this case. 2683 return ExprError(); 2684 2685 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2686 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 2687 2688 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 2689 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 2690 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 2691 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2692 2693 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 2694 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 2695 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 2696 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 2697 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 2698 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 2699 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 2700 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 2701 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 2702 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 2703 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 2704 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 2705 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 2706 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 2707 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2708 } 2709 } 2710 2711 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 2712 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 2713 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 2714 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 2715 ArrayForm = true; 2716 } 2717 2718 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2719 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 2720 2721 if (PointeeRD) { 2722 if (!UseGlobal && 2723 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 2724 OperatorDelete)) 2725 return ExprError(); 2726 2727 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 2728 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 2729 if (ArrayForm) { 2730 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 2731 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 2732 if (UseGlobal) 2733 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 2734 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 2735 2736 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 2737 // function we just found. 2738 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 2739 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2); 2740 } 2741 2742 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 2743 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2744 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 2745 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 2746 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 2747 return ExprError(); 2748 } 2749 2750 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 2751 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 2752 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 2753 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 2754 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 2755 // behavior is undefined. 2756 // 2757 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 2758 if (PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() && !PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) { 2759 CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = PointeeRD->getDestructor(); 2760 if (dtor && !dtor->isVirtual()) { 2761 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 2762 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 2763 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 2764 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) 2765 << PointeeElem; 2766 } else if (!ArrayForm) { 2767 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 2768 // but not necessarily wrong. 2769 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem; 2770 } 2771 } 2772 } 2773 2774 } 2775 2776 if (!OperatorDelete) 2777 // Look for a global declaration. 2778 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2779 StartLoc, !RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 0) && 2780 (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 2781 Pointee.isDestructedType()), 2782 DeleteName); 2783 2784 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 2785 2786 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 2787 if (PointeeRD) { 2788 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2789 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 2790 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 2791 } 2792 } 2793 } 2794 2795 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 2796 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 2797 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 2798 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 2799 return Result; 2800 } 2801 2802 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 2803 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 2804 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 2805 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2806 bool ConvertToBoolean) { 2807 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 2808 return ExprError(); 2809 2810 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 2811 2812 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 2813 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 2814 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2815 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2816 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 2817 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2818 else if (T->isArrayType()) 2819 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2820 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 2821 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2822 2823 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 2824 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 2825 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2826 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 2827 2828 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 2829 2830 if (ConvertToBoolean) { 2831 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc); 2832 if (Condition.isInvalid()) 2833 return ExprError(); 2834 } 2835 2836 return Condition; 2837 } 2838 2839 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 2840 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) { 2841 // C++ 6.4p4: 2842 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 2843 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 2844 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 2845 // program is ill-formed. 2846 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 2847 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 2848 // 2849 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 2850 } 2851 2852 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 2853 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 2854 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 2855 /// respectively). 2856 bool 2857 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 2858 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 2859 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 2860 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 2861 2862 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 2863 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 2864 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 2865 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 2866 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 2867 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2868 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 2869 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 2870 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 2871 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 2872 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 2873 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 2874 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 2875 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 2876 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 2877 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 2878 break; 2879 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 2880 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 2881 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 2882 case StringLiteral::Wide: 2883 return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType(); 2884 } 2885 } 2886 } 2887 2888 return false; 2889 } 2890 2891 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 2892 SourceLocation CastLoc, 2893 QualType Ty, 2894 CastKind Kind, 2895 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2896 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2897 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 2898 Expr *From) { 2899 switch (Kind) { 2900 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 2901 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 2902 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 2903 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 2904 2905 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 2906 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2907 return ExprError(); 2908 2909 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 2910 return ExprError(); 2911 2912 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, 2913 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty), 2914 Constructor->getAccess()); 2915 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 2916 return ExprError(); 2917 2918 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 2919 CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 2920 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 2921 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 2922 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 2923 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2924 return ExprError(); 2925 2926 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 2927 } 2928 2929 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 2930 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 2931 2932 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 2933 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 2934 return ExprError(); 2935 2936 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 2937 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 2938 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 2939 HadMultipleCandidates); 2940 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2941 return ExprError(); 2942 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 2943 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 2944 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 2945 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 2946 2947 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 2948 } 2949 } 2950 } 2951 2952 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 2953 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 2954 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 2955 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 2956 /// used in the error message. 2957 ExprResult 2958 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2959 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 2960 AssignmentAction Action, 2961 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 2962 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 2963 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 2964 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 2965 Action, CCK); 2966 if (Res.isInvalid()) 2967 return ExprError(); 2968 From = Res.get(); 2969 break; 2970 } 2971 2972 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 2973 2974 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 2975 CastKind CastKind; 2976 QualType BeforeToType; 2977 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 2978 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 2979 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 2980 2981 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 2982 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 2983 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 2984 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 2985 } else { 2986 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 2987 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 2988 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 2989 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 2990 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 2991 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 2992 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 2993 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 2994 } 2995 } 2996 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 2997 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 2998 ExprResult Res = 2999 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3000 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3001 CCK); 3002 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3003 return ExprError(); 3004 From = Res.get(); 3005 } 3006 3007 ExprResult CastArg 3008 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3009 From->getLocStart(), 3010 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3011 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3012 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3013 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3014 From); 3015 3016 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3017 return ExprError(); 3018 3019 From = CastArg.get(); 3020 3021 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3022 AA_Converting, CCK); 3023 } 3024 3025 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3026 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3027 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3028 << From->getSourceRange()); 3029 return ExprError(); 3030 3031 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3032 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3033 3034 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3035 return ExprError(); 3036 } 3037 3038 // Everything went well. 3039 return From; 3040 } 3041 3042 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3043 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3044 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3045 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3046 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3047 ExprResult 3048 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3049 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3050 AssignmentAction Action, 3051 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3052 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3053 3054 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3055 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3056 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3057 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3058 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3059 3060 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3061 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3062 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3063 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3064 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3065 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3066 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3067 ConstructorArgs)) 3068 return ExprError(); 3069 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3070 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3071 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3072 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3073 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3074 } 3075 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3076 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3077 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3078 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3079 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3080 } 3081 3082 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3083 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3084 DeclAccessPair Found; 3085 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3086 true, Found); 3087 if (!Fn) 3088 return ExprError(); 3089 3090 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3091 return ExprError(); 3092 3093 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3094 FromType = From->getType(); 3095 } 3096 3097 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3098 // non-atomic type. 3099 QualType ToAtomicType; 3100 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3101 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3102 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3103 } 3104 3105 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3106 switch (SCS.First) { 3107 case ICK_Identity: 3108 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3109 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3110 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3111 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3112 } 3113 break; 3114 3115 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3116 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3117 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3118 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3119 From = FromRes.get(); 3120 FromType = From->getType(); 3121 break; 3122 } 3123 3124 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3125 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3126 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3127 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3128 break; 3129 3130 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3131 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3132 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3133 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3134 break; 3135 3136 default: 3137 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3138 } 3139 3140 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3141 switch (SCS.Second) { 3142 case ICK_Identity: 3143 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3144 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3145 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3146 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3147 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3148 switch (Action) { 3149 case AA_Assigning: 3150 case AA_Initializing: 3151 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3152 case AA_Passing: 3153 case AA_Returning: 3154 case AA_Sending: 3155 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3156 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3157 return ExprError(); 3158 break; 3159 3160 case AA_Casting: 3161 case AA_Converting: 3162 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3163 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3164 break; 3165 } 3166 // Nothing else to do. 3167 break; 3168 3169 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment: 3170 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3171 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3172 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3173 return ExprError(); 3174 3175 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3176 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3177 break; 3178 3179 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3180 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3181 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3182 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3183 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3184 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3185 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3186 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3187 } else { 3188 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3189 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3190 } 3191 break; 3192 3193 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3194 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3195 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3196 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3197 break; 3198 3199 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3200 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3201 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3202 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3203 CastKind CK; 3204 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3205 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3206 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3207 else 3208 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3209 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3210 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3211 } else { 3212 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3213 } 3214 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3215 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3216 break; 3217 } 3218 3219 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3220 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3221 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3222 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3223 else 3224 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3225 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3226 break; 3227 3228 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3229 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3230 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3231 break; 3232 3233 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3234 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3235 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3236 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3237 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3238 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3239 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3240 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3241 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3242 else 3243 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3244 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3245 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3246 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3247 3248 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3249 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3250 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3251 } 3252 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3253 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3254 From->getType())) { 3255 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3256 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3257 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3258 else 3259 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3260 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3261 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3262 << From->getSourceRange(); 3263 } 3264 3265 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3266 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3267 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3268 return ExprError(); 3269 3270 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3271 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3272 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3273 ExprResult E = From; 3274 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3275 From = E.get(); 3276 } 3277 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3278 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3279 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3280 .get(); 3281 break; 3282 } 3283 3284 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3285 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3286 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3287 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3288 return ExprError(); 3289 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3290 return ExprError(); 3291 3292 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3293 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3294 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3295 if (FromType->isMemberPointerType()) 3296 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) 3297 RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), FromType, 0); 3298 3299 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3300 .get(); 3301 break; 3302 } 3303 3304 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3305 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3306 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3307 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3308 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3309 } 3310 3311 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3312 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3313 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3314 break; 3315 3316 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3317 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3318 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3319 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3320 From->getLocStart(), 3321 From->getSourceRange(), 3322 &BasePath, 3323 CStyle)) 3324 return ExprError(); 3325 3326 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3327 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3328 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3329 break; 3330 } 3331 3332 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3333 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3334 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3335 break; 3336 3337 case ICK_Vector_Splat: 3338 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3339 // Cast to the element type. 3340 { 3341 QualType elType = ToType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); 3342 if (elType != From->getType()) { 3343 ExprResult E = From; 3344 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, elType, 3345 PrepareScalarCast(E, elType)).get(); 3346 } 3347 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, 3348 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3349 } 3350 break; 3351 3352 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3353 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3354 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3355 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3356 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3357 3358 // x -> y 3359 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3360 // do nothing 3361 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3362 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3363 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3364 } else { 3365 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3366 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3367 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3368 } 3369 // y -> _Complex y 3370 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3371 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3372 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3373 3374 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3375 } else { 3376 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3377 assert(FromComplex); 3378 3379 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3380 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3381 3382 // _Complex x -> x 3383 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3384 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3385 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3386 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3387 3388 // x -> y 3389 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3390 // do nothing 3391 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3392 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3393 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3394 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3395 } else { 3396 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3397 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3398 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3399 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3400 } 3401 } 3402 break; 3403 3404 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3405 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3406 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3407 break; 3408 } 3409 3410 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3411 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3412 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3413 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3414 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3415 return ExprError(); 3416 From = FromRes.get(); 3417 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3418 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3419 (void)ConvTy; 3420 break; 3421 } 3422 3423 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3424 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3425 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3426 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3427 break; 3428 3429 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3430 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3431 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3432 case ICK_Qualification: 3433 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3434 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3435 } 3436 3437 switch (SCS.Third) { 3438 case ICK_Identity: 3439 // Nothing to do. 3440 break; 3441 3442 case ICK_Qualification: { 3443 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3444 // target type isn't a reference. 3445 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3446 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3447 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3448 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3449 3450 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3451 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3452 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3453 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3454 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3455 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3456 } 3457 3458 break; 3459 } 3460 3461 default: 3462 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3463 } 3464 3465 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3466 // that conversion now. 3467 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3468 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3469 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3470 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3471 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3472 } 3473 3474 return From; 3475 } 3476 3477 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3478 /// 3479 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3480 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3481 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3482 /// returns true. 3483 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3484 SourceLocation Loc, 3485 QualType ArgTy) { 3486 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3487 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3488 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3489 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3490 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3491 // must be a complete type. 3492 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3493 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3494 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3495 switch (UTT) { 3496 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3497 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3498 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3499 // Fall-through 3500 3501 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3502 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3503 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3504 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3505 case UTT_IsVoid: 3506 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3507 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3508 case UTT_IsArray: 3509 case UTT_IsPointer: 3510 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3511 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3512 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3513 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3514 case UTT_IsEnum: 3515 case UTT_IsUnion: 3516 case UTT_IsClass: 3517 case UTT_IsFunction: 3518 case UTT_IsReference: 3519 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3520 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3521 case UTT_IsObject: 3522 case UTT_IsScalar: 3523 case UTT_IsCompound: 3524 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3525 // Fall-through 3526 3527 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 3528 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 3529 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 3530 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 3531 // Table 49. 3532 case UTT_IsConst: 3533 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3534 case UTT_IsSigned: 3535 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3536 return true; 3537 3538 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 3539 // applied to a complete type. 3540 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3541 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3542 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3543 case UTT_IsPOD: 3544 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3545 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3546 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3547 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3548 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3549 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3550 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3551 // Fall-through 3552 3553 // These traits require a complete type. 3554 case UTT_IsFinal: 3555 case UTT_IsSealed: 3556 3557 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 3558 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 3559 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 3560 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 3561 // requiring the complete type. 3562 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3563 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3564 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3565 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3566 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3567 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3568 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3569 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3570 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3571 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3572 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3573 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 3574 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 3575 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3576 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 3577 3578 // The void type is expressly allowed. 3579 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 3580 return true; 3581 3582 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3583 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3584 } 3585 } 3586 3587 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 3588 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 3589 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 3590 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 3591 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 3592 { 3593 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3594 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 3595 return true; 3596 3597 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 3598 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 3599 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3600 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 3601 bool FoundOperator = false; 3602 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 3603 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 3604 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 3605 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 3606 continue; 3607 3608 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 3609 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 3610 FoundOperator = true; 3611 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3612 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3613 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3614 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3615 return false; 3616 } 3617 } 3618 return FoundOperator; 3619 } 3620 return false; 3621 } 3622 3623 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 3624 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 3625 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 3626 3627 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 3628 switch(UTT) { 3629 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3630 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 3631 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 3632 case UTT_IsVoid: 3633 return T->isVoidType(); 3634 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3635 return T->isIntegralType(C); 3636 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3637 return T->isFloatingType(); 3638 case UTT_IsArray: 3639 return T->isArrayType(); 3640 case UTT_IsPointer: 3641 return T->isPointerType(); 3642 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3643 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 3644 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3645 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 3646 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3647 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 3648 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3649 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 3650 case UTT_IsEnum: 3651 return T->isEnumeralType(); 3652 case UTT_IsUnion: 3653 return T->isUnionType(); 3654 case UTT_IsClass: 3655 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 3656 case UTT_IsFunction: 3657 return T->isFunctionType(); 3658 3659 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 3660 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 3661 case UTT_IsReference: 3662 return T->isReferenceType(); 3663 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3664 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 3665 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3666 return T->isFundamentalType(); 3667 case UTT_IsObject: 3668 return T->isObjectType(); 3669 case UTT_IsScalar: 3670 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 3671 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 3672 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 3673 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 3674 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 3675 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 3676 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 3677 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 3678 return true; 3679 3680 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 3681 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 3682 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 3683 return false; 3684 } 3685 } 3686 3687 return T->isScalarType(); 3688 case UTT_IsCompound: 3689 return T->isCompoundType(); 3690 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3691 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 3692 3693 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 3694 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 3695 case UTT_IsConst: 3696 return T.isConstQualified(); 3697 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3698 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 3699 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3700 return T.isTrivialType(Self.Context); 3701 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3702 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Self.Context); 3703 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3704 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 3705 case UTT_IsPOD: 3706 return T.isPODType(Self.Context); 3707 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3708 return T->isLiteralType(Self.Context); 3709 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3710 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3711 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 3712 return false; 3713 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3714 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3715 return RD->isPolymorphic(); 3716 return false; 3717 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3718 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3719 return RD->isAbstract(); 3720 return false; 3721 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3722 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3723 return RD->isInterface(); 3724 return false; 3725 case UTT_IsFinal: 3726 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3727 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 3728 return false; 3729 case UTT_IsSealed: 3730 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3731 if (FinalAttr *FA = RD->getAttr<FinalAttr>()) 3732 return FA->isSpelledAsSealed(); 3733 return false; 3734 case UTT_IsSigned: 3735 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 3736 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3737 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3738 3739 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 3740 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 3741 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 3742 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 3743 // specifications. 3744 // 3745 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3746 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 3747 // 3748 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 3749 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 3750 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 3751 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 3752 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 3753 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 3754 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3755 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3756 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 3757 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 3758 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 3759 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context)) 3760 return true; 3761 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3762 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3763 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 3764 return false; 3765 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3766 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3767 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3768 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 3769 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context)) 3770 return true; 3771 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3772 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 3773 return false; 3774 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3775 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3776 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 3777 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 3778 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 3779 // is true, else it is false. 3780 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType()) 3781 return true; 3782 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3783 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3784 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 3785 return false; 3786 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3787 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3788 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 3789 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 3790 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context)) 3791 return true; 3792 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3793 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 3794 return false; 3795 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3796 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3797 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3798 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 3799 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 3800 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 3801 // true, else it is false. 3802 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 3803 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 3804 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 3805 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 3806 // [class.copy]p12). 3807 3808 if (T.isConstQualified()) 3809 return false; 3810 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context)) 3811 return true; 3812 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3813 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 3814 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 3815 return false; 3816 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3817 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3818 // FIXME: Implement UTT_IsDestructible and UTT_IsNothrowDestructible. 3819 // For now, let's fall through. 3820 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3821 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3822 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 3823 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 3824 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 3825 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 3826 // false. 3827 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType()) 3828 return true; 3829 3830 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 3831 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 3832 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 3833 return true; 3834 3835 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3836 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 3837 return false; 3838 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 3839 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3840 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3841 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3842 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 3843 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 3844 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 3845 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 3846 // false. 3847 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 3848 return false; 3849 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3850 return false; 3851 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3852 return true; 3853 3854 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 3855 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 3856 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 3857 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 3858 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 3859 return false; 3860 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3861 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3862 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3863 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 3864 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context)) 3865 return true; 3866 3867 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 3868 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 3869 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 3870 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 3871 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 3872 return false; 3873 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3874 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3875 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 3876 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 3877 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 3878 // false. 3879 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3880 return true; 3881 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3882 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3883 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 3884 return true; 3885 3886 bool FoundConstructor = false; 3887 unsigned FoundTQs; 3888 DeclContext::lookup_result R = Self.LookupConstructors(RD); 3889 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con = R.begin(), 3890 ConEnd = R.end(); Con != ConEnd; ++Con) { 3891 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 3892 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 3893 // resolution point. 3894 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con)) 3895 continue; 3896 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con); 3897 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 3898 FoundConstructor = true; 3899 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 3900 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3901 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3902 if (!CPT) 3903 return false; 3904 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 3905 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 3906 if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 3907 return false; 3908 } 3909 } 3910 3911 return FoundConstructor; 3912 } 3913 return false; 3914 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3915 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3916 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 3917 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 3918 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 3919 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 3920 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3921 return true; 3922 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3923 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3924 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 3925 return true; 3926 3927 bool FoundConstructor = false; 3928 DeclContext::lookup_result R = Self.LookupConstructors(RD); 3929 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con = R.begin(), 3930 ConEnd = R.end(); Con != ConEnd; ++Con) { 3931 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 3932 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con)) 3933 continue; 3934 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con); 3935 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 3936 FoundConstructor = true; 3937 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 3938 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3939 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3940 if (!CPT) 3941 return false; 3942 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 3943 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 3944 if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 3945 return false; 3946 } 3947 } 3948 return FoundConstructor; 3949 } 3950 return false; 3951 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3952 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3953 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 3954 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 3955 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3956 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 3957 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 3958 return false; 3959 3960 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 3961 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 3962 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 3963 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3964 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 3965 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 3966 // function call. 3967 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 3968 } 3969 } 3970 3971 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 3972 /// ARC mode. 3973 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 3974 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 3975 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 3976 return false; 3977 3978 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 3979 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 3980 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 3981 return true; 3982 3983 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 3984 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 3985 } 3986 3987 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 3988 } 3989 3990 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 3991 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 3992 3993 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3994 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3995 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 3996 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 3997 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 3998 3999 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4000 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4001 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4002 4003 switch (Kind) { 4004 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4005 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4006 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4007 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4008 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4009 // 4010 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4011 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4012 // no operation that is not trivial. 4013 // 4014 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4015 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4016 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4017 // variable t: 4018 // 4019 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4020 assert(!Args.empty()); 4021 4022 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4023 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4024 // unknown bound. 4025 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4026 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4027 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4028 continue; 4029 4030 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4031 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4032 return false; 4033 } 4034 4035 // Make sure the first argument is a complete type. 4036 if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) 4037 return false; 4038 4039 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4040 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4041 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4042 return false; 4043 4044 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4045 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4046 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4047 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4048 QualType T = Args[I]->getType(); 4049 if (T->isObjectType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4050 T = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(T); 4051 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4052 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4053 T.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4054 Expr::getValueKindForType(T))); 4055 } 4056 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4057 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4058 4059 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4060 // trap at translation unit scope. 4061 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4062 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4063 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4064 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4065 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4066 RParenLoc)); 4067 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4068 if (Init.Failed()) 4069 return false; 4070 4071 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4072 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4073 return false; 4074 4075 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4076 return true; 4077 4078 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4079 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4080 4081 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4082 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4083 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4084 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4085 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(Args[0]->getType().getNonReferenceType())) 4086 return false; 4087 4088 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4089 // calls. 4090 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4091 } 4092 4093 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4094 return false; 4095 } 4096 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4097 } 4098 4099 return false; 4100 } 4101 4102 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4103 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4104 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4105 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4106 4107 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4108 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4109 return ExprError(); 4110 4111 bool Dependent = false; 4112 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4113 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4114 Dependent = true; 4115 break; 4116 } 4117 } 4118 4119 bool Result = false; 4120 if (!Dependent) 4121 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4122 4123 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4124 RParenLoc, Result); 4125 } 4126 4127 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4128 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4129 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4130 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4131 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4132 4133 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4134 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4135 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4136 if (!TInfo) 4137 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4138 4139 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4140 } 4141 4142 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4143 } 4144 4145 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4146 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4147 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4148 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4149 4150 switch(BTT) { 4151 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4152 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4153 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4154 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4155 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4156 4157 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4158 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4159 4160 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4161 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4162 4163 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4164 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4165 4166 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4167 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4168 4169 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4170 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4171 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4172 // complete type. 4173 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4174 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4175 return false; 4176 4177 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4178 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4179 } 4180 case BTT_IsSame: 4181 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4182 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4183 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4184 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4185 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4186 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4187 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4188 // Given the following function prototype: 4189 // 4190 // template <class T> 4191 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4192 // 4193 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4194 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4195 // the return expression in the following code would be 4196 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4197 // type of the function: 4198 // 4199 // To test() { 4200 // return create<From>(); 4201 // } 4202 // 4203 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4204 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4205 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4206 // is considered. 4207 // 4208 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4209 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4210 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4211 4212 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4213 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4214 return false; 4215 4216 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4217 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4218 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4219 4220 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4221 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0) || 4222 Self.RequireNonAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0)) 4223 return false; 4224 4225 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4226 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4227 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4228 4229 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4230 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4231 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4232 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4233 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4234 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4235 SourceLocation())); 4236 4237 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4238 // trap at translation unit scope. 4239 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4240 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4241 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4242 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4243 if (Init.Failed()) 4244 return false; 4245 4246 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4247 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4248 } 4249 4250 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4251 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4252 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4253 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4254 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4255 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4256 // 4257 // is_assignable is defined as: 4258 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4259 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4260 // 4261 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4262 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4263 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4264 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4265 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4266 return false; 4267 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4268 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4269 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4270 return false; 4271 4272 // cv void is never assignable. 4273 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4274 return false; 4275 4276 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4277 // declval<U>(). 4278 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4279 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4280 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4281 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4282 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4283 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4284 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4285 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4286 4287 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4288 // trap at translation unit scope. 4289 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4290 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4291 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4292 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4293 &Rhs); 4294 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4295 return false; 4296 4297 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4298 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4299 4300 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4301 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4302 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4303 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4304 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4305 return false; 4306 4307 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4308 } 4309 4310 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4311 return false; 4312 } 4313 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4314 } 4315 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4316 } 4317 4318 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4319 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4320 ParsedType Ty, 4321 Expr* DimExpr, 4322 SourceLocation RParen) { 4323 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4324 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4325 if (!TSInfo) 4326 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4327 4328 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4329 } 4330 4331 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4332 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4333 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4334 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4335 4336 switch(ATT) { 4337 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4338 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4339 unsigned Dim = 0; 4340 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4341 ++Dim; 4342 T = AT->getElementType(); 4343 } 4344 return Dim; 4345 } 4346 return 0; 4347 4348 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4349 llvm::APSInt Value; 4350 uint64_t Dim; 4351 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4352 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4353 false).isInvalid()) 4354 return 0; 4355 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4356 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4357 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4358 return 0; 4359 } 4360 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4361 4362 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4363 unsigned D = 0; 4364 bool Matched = false; 4365 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4366 if (Dim == D) { 4367 Matched = true; 4368 break; 4369 } 4370 ++D; 4371 T = AT->getElementType(); 4372 } 4373 4374 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4375 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4376 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4377 } 4378 } 4379 return 0; 4380 } 4381 } 4382 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4383 } 4384 4385 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4386 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4387 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4388 Expr* DimExpr, 4389 SourceLocation RParen) { 4390 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4391 4392 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4393 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4394 uint64_t Value = 0; 4395 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4396 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4397 4398 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4399 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4400 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4401 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4402 // important distinction. 4403 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4404 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4405 } 4406 4407 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4408 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4409 Expr *Queried, 4410 SourceLocation RParen) { 4411 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4412 if (!Queried) 4413 return ExprError(); 4414 4415 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4416 4417 return Result; 4418 } 4419 4420 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4421 switch (ET) { 4422 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4423 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4424 } 4425 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4426 } 4427 4428 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4429 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4430 Expr *Queried, 4431 SourceLocation RParen) { 4432 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4433 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4434 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4435 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4436 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4437 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4438 } 4439 4440 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4441 4442 return new (Context) 4443 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4444 } 4445 4446 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4447 ExprValueKind &VK, 4448 SourceLocation Loc, 4449 bool isIndirect) { 4450 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4451 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4452 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4453 4454 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*. 4455 if (isIndirect) { 4456 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4457 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4458 } 4459 4460 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4461 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4462 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4463 4464 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4465 // C++ 5.5p2 4466 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 4467 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 4468 // class type) [...] 4469 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 4470 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 4471 if (!MemPtr) { 4472 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 4473 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4474 return QualType(); 4475 } 4476 4477 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 4478 4479 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 4480 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 4481 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 4482 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 4483 // likely to be considered a defect. 4484 4485 // C++ 5.5p2 4486 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 4487 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 4488 // such a class] 4489 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 4490 if (isIndirect) { 4491 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 4492 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4493 else { 4494 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 4495 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 4496 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 4497 return QualType(); 4498 } 4499 } 4500 4501 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 4502 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 4503 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 4504 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 4505 return QualType(); 4506 } 4507 4508 if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class)) { 4509 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 4510 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 4511 return QualType(); 4512 } 4513 4514 CXXCastPath BasePath; 4515 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 4516 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 4517 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 4518 &BasePath)) 4519 return QualType(); 4520 4521 // Cast LHS to type of use. 4522 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 4523 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4524 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 4525 &BasePath); 4526 } 4527 4528 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 4529 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 4530 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 4531 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 4532 return QualType(); 4533 } 4534 4535 // C++ 5.5p2 4536 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 4537 // second operand. 4538 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 4539 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 4540 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 4541 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 4542 4543 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4544 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 4545 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 4546 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 4547 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 4548 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 4549 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4550 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 4551 case RQ_None: 4552 // Do nothing 4553 break; 4554 4555 case RQ_LValue: 4556 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 4557 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4558 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4559 break; 4560 4561 case RQ_RValue: 4562 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 4563 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4564 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4565 break; 4566 } 4567 } 4568 4569 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4570 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 4571 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 4572 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 4573 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 4574 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 4575 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 4576 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 4577 VK = VK_RValue; 4578 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 4579 } else if (isIndirect) { 4580 VK = VK_LValue; 4581 } else { 4582 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4583 } 4584 4585 return Result; 4586 } 4587 4588 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3. 4589 /// 4590 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4591 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 4592 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 4593 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 4594 /// as such. 4595 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 4596 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 4597 bool &HaveConversion, 4598 QualType &ToType) { 4599 HaveConversion = false; 4600 ToType = To->getType(); 4601 4602 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 4603 SourceLocation()); 4604 // C++0x 5.16p3 4605 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 4606 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 4607 // as follows: 4608 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: 4609 bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue(); 4610 if (ToIsLvalue) { 4611 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to 4612 // type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the 4613 // conversion the reference must bind directly to E1. 4614 QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType); 4615 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4616 4617 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4618 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 4619 ToType = T; 4620 HaveConversion = true; 4621 return false; 4622 } 4623 4624 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4625 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4626 } 4627 4628 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 4629 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 4630 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 4631 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 4632 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 4633 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4634 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4635 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 4636 Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy); 4637 if (FRec && TRec && 4638 (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) { 4639 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 4640 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 4641 // [cv2 > cv1]. 4642 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 4643 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 4644 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4645 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4646 if (InitSeq) { 4647 HaveConversion = true; 4648 return false; 4649 } 4650 4651 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4652 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4653 } 4654 } 4655 4656 return false; 4657 } 4658 4659 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4660 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 4661 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 4662 // an rvalue). 4663 // 4664 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 4665 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 4666 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>()) 4667 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 4668 4669 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4670 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4671 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 4672 ToType = TTy; 4673 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4674 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4675 4676 return false; 4677 } 4678 4679 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 4680 /// 4681 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4682 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 4683 /// conversion to a common type. 4684 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4685 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4686 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 4687 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 4688 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 4689 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 4690 CandidateSet); 4691 4692 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 4693 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 4694 case OR_Success: { 4695 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 4696 ExprResult LHSRes = 4697 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 4698 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 4699 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 4700 break; 4701 LHS = LHSRes; 4702 4703 ExprResult RHSRes = 4704 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 4705 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 4706 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 4707 break; 4708 RHS = RHSRes; 4709 if (Best->Function) 4710 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 4711 return false; 4712 } 4713 4714 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 4715 4716 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 4717 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 4718 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 4719 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 4720 return true; 4721 4722 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4723 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4724 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4725 return true; 4726 4727 case OR_Ambiguous: 4728 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 4729 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4730 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4731 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 4732 // the viable candidates. 4733 break; 4734 4735 case OR_Deleted: 4736 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 4737 } 4738 return true; 4739 } 4740 4741 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 4742 /// TryClassUnification. 4743 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 4744 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4745 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 4746 SourceLocation()); 4747 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 4748 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4749 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4750 if (Result.isInvalid()) 4751 return true; 4752 4753 E = Result; 4754 return false; 4755 } 4756 4757 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 4758 /// 4759 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 4760 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 4761 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 4762 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 4763 ExprObjectKind &OK, 4764 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4765 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 4766 // interface pointers. 4767 4768 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 4769 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 4770 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 4771 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 4772 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 4773 return QualType(); 4774 Cond = CondRes; 4775 } 4776 4777 // Assume r-value. 4778 VK = VK_RValue; 4779 OK = OK_Ordinary; 4780 4781 // Either of the arguments dependent? 4782 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 4783 return Context.DependentTy; 4784 4785 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 4786 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 4787 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4788 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4789 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 4790 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 4791 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 4792 // ... one of the following shall hold: 4793 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 4794 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 4795 // and value category of the other. 4796 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 4797 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 4798 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 4799 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 4800 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 4801 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 4802 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 4803 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 4804 return NonThrow->getType(); 4805 } 4806 4807 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 4808 // type void and is a prvalue. 4809 if (LVoid && RVoid) 4810 return Context.VoidTy; 4811 4812 // Neither holds, error. 4813 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 4814 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 4815 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4816 return QualType(); 4817 } 4818 4819 // Neither is void. 4820 4821 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 4822 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 4823 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 4824 // those operands to the type of the other. 4825 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 4826 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 4827 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 4828 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 4829 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 4830 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 4831 return QualType(); 4832 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 4833 return QualType(); 4834 4835 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 4836 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 4837 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 4838 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4839 return QualType(); 4840 } 4841 4842 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 4843 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 4844 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 4845 if (HaveL2R) { 4846 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 4847 return QualType(); 4848 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4849 } else if (HaveR2L) { 4850 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 4851 return QualType(); 4852 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4853 } 4854 } 4855 4856 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 4857 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 4858 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 4859 // operands to the type of the other. 4860 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4861 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4862 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 4863 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) && 4864 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 4865 // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the 4866 // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion 4867 // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers. 4868 Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 4869 Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 4870 if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) { 4871 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 4872 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4873 } 4874 else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) { 4875 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 4876 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4877 } 4878 } 4879 4880 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 4881 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 4882 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 4883 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 4884 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 4885 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 4886 // l-values. 4887 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 4888 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 4889 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 4890 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 4891 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4892 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 4893 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 4894 OK = OK_BitField; 4895 return LTy; 4896 } 4897 4898 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 4899 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 4900 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 4901 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 4902 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 4903 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 4904 // program is ill-formed. 4905 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 4906 return QualType(); 4907 } 4908 4909 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 4910 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 4911 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 4912 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4913 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4914 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 4915 return QualType(); 4916 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4917 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4918 4919 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 4920 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 4921 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 4922 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 4923 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 4924 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 4925 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 4926 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 4927 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 4928 if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy, 4929 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 4930 return QualType(); 4931 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 4932 4933 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 4934 SourceLocation(), 4935 LHS); 4936 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 4937 return QualType(); 4938 4939 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 4940 SourceLocation(), 4941 RHS); 4942 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 4943 return QualType(); 4944 4945 LHS = LHSCopy; 4946 RHS = RHSCopy; 4947 } 4948 4949 return LTy; 4950 } 4951 4952 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 4953 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 4954 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false); 4955 4956 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 4957 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 4958 // common type, and the result is of that type. 4959 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 4960 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 4961 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 4962 return QualType(); 4963 4964 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 4965 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 4966 4967 return ResTy; 4968 } 4969 4970 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 4971 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 4972 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 4973 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 4974 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 4975 // pointer type. 4976 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 4977 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 4978 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 4979 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 4980 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 4981 // operand. The result is of the common type. 4982 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 4983 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 4984 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr 4985 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 4986 if (!Composite.isNull()) { 4987 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 4988 Diag(QuestionLoc, 4989 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard) 4990 << LTy << RTy << Composite 4991 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4992 4993 return Composite; 4994 } 4995 4996 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 4997 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 4998 if (!Composite.isNull()) 4999 return Composite; 5000 5001 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5002 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5003 return QualType(); 5004 5005 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5006 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5007 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5008 return QualType(); 5009 } 5010 5011 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5012 /// 5013 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5014 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this 5015 /// type and returns it. 5016 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5017 /// 5018 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5019 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5020 /// 5021 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find 5022 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions 5023 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType 5024 /// will be set true. 5025 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5026 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5027 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) { 5028 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5029 *NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5030 5031 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5032 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5033 5034 // C++11 5.9p2 5035 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on 5036 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If 5037 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is 5038 // std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, 5039 // if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. 5040 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() && 5041 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) { 5042 if (T1->isNullPtrType() && 5043 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5044 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5045 return T1; 5046 } 5047 if (T2->isNullPtrType() && 5048 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5049 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5050 return T2; 5051 } 5052 return QualType(); 5053 } 5054 5055 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5056 if (T2->isMemberPointerType()) 5057 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5058 else 5059 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5060 return T2; 5061 } 5062 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5063 if (T1->isMemberPointerType()) 5064 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5065 else 5066 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5067 return T1; 5068 } 5069 5070 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5071 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) || 5072 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())) 5073 return QualType(); 5074 5075 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then 5076 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is 5077 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. 5078 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the 5079 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is 5080 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. 5081 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second. 5082 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the 5083 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite 5084 // types are the same, we have succeeded. 5085 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5086 typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector; 5087 QualifierVector QualifierUnion; 5088 typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> 5089 ContainingClassVector; 5090 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass; 5091 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1), 5092 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); 5093 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5094 do { 5095 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5096 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5097 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5098 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5099 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5100 5101 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5102 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5103 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5104 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5105 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5106 5107 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5108 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5109 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5110 continue; 5111 } 5112 5113 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5114 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5115 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5116 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5117 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5118 5119 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5120 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5121 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5122 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5123 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5124 5125 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5126 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5127 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5128 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5129 continue; 5130 } 5131 5132 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5133 5134 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5135 break; 5136 } while (true); 5137 5138 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) { 5139 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5140 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5141 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5142 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) { 5143 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 5144 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5145 *NonStandardCompositeType = true; 5146 } 5147 } 5148 } 5149 5150 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5151 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC 5152 = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5153 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator 5154 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(), 5155 E = QualifierUnion.rend(); 5156 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) { 5157 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I); 5158 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) { 5159 // Rebuild member pointer type 5160 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5161 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), 5162 MOC->first); 5163 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5164 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), 5165 MOC->second); 5166 } else { 5167 // Rebuild pointer type 5168 Composite1 5169 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5170 Composite2 5171 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5172 } 5173 } 5174 5175 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type. 5176 InitializedEntity Entity1 5177 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1); 5178 InitializationKind Kind 5179 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation()); 5180 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5181 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5182 5183 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) { 5184 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable. 5185 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5186 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether 5187 // Composite2 is also viable. 5188 InitializedEntity Entity2 5189 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5190 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5191 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5192 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) { 5193 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different; 5194 // this is an ambiguity. 5195 return QualType(); 5196 } 5197 } 5198 5199 // Convert E1 to Composite1 5200 ExprResult E1Result 5201 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5202 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5203 return QualType(); 5204 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5205 5206 // Convert E2 to Composite1 5207 ExprResult E2Result 5208 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5209 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5210 return QualType(); 5211 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5212 5213 return Composite1; 5214 } 5215 5216 // Check whether Composite2 is viable. 5217 InitializedEntity Entity2 5218 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5219 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5220 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5221 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2) 5222 return QualType(); 5223 5224 // Convert E1 to Composite2 5225 ExprResult E1Result 5226 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5227 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5228 return QualType(); 5229 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5230 5231 // Convert E2 to Composite2 5232 ExprResult E2Result 5233 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5234 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5235 return QualType(); 5236 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5237 5238 return Composite2; 5239 } 5240 5241 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5242 if (!E) 5243 return ExprError(); 5244 5245 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5246 5247 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5248 if (!E->isRValue()) 5249 return E; 5250 5251 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5252 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5253 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5254 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5255 5256 bool ReturnsRetained; 5257 5258 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5259 // called value. 5260 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5261 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5262 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5263 5264 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5265 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5266 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5267 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5268 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5269 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5270 } 5271 5272 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5273 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5274 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5275 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5276 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5277 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5278 5279 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5280 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5281 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5282 5283 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5284 // type always produce a +1 object. 5285 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5286 ReturnsRetained = true; 5287 5288 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5289 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5290 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5291 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5292 return E; 5293 5294 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5295 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5296 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5297 } else { 5298 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5299 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5300 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5301 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5302 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5303 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5304 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5305 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5306 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5307 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5308 } 5309 5310 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5311 5312 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5313 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5314 // return an object. 5315 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5316 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5317 return E; 5318 } 5319 5320 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5321 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5322 return E; 5323 5324 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5325 5326 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5327 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5328 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5329 VK_RValue); 5330 } 5331 5332 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5333 return E; 5334 5335 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 5336 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 5337 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 5338 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 5339 while (!RT) { 5340 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 5341 case Type::Record: 5342 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 5343 break; 5344 case Type::ConstantArray: 5345 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5346 case Type::VariableArray: 5347 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 5348 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5349 break; 5350 default: 5351 return E; 5352 } 5353 } 5354 5355 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 5356 // not processing a decltype expression. 5357 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 5358 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 5359 return E; 5360 5361 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 5362 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 5363 5364 if (Destructor) { 5365 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5366 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5367 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5368 << E->getType()); 5369 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 5370 return ExprError(); 5371 5372 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 5373 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 5374 return E; 5375 5376 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5377 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5378 } 5379 5380 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 5381 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 5382 5383 if (IsDecltype) 5384 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 5385 5386 return Bind; 5387 } 5388 5389 ExprResult 5390 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 5391 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5392 return ExprError(); 5393 5394 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 5395 } 5396 5397 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 5398 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 5399 5400 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5401 5402 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 5403 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 5404 assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 5405 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5406 return SubExpr; 5407 5408 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 5409 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 5410 5411 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups); 5412 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 5413 5414 return E; 5415 } 5416 5417 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 5418 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 5419 5420 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5421 5422 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5423 return SubStmt; 5424 5425 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 5426 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 5427 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 5428 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 5429 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 5430 SourceLocation(), 5431 SourceLocation()); 5432 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 5433 SourceLocation()); 5434 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 5435 } 5436 5437 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 5438 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 5439 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 5440 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 5441 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 5442 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 5443 5444 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 5445 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 5446 // -- if the function call is either 5447 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 5448 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 5449 // decltype-specifier, 5450 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 5451 5452 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 5453 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 5454 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 5455 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 5456 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5457 return ExprError(); 5458 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 5459 return E; 5460 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 5461 } 5462 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5463 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 5464 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 5465 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5466 return ExprError(); 5467 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 5468 return E; 5469 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 5470 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 5471 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 5472 } 5473 } 5474 5475 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 5476 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 5477 : nullptr; 5478 if (TopCall) 5479 E = TopCall; 5480 else 5481 TopBind = nullptr; 5482 5483 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 5484 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 5485 5486 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 5487 // decltype expression. 5488 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 5489 return E; 5490 5491 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 5492 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 5493 I != N; ++I) { 5494 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 5495 if (Call == TopCall) 5496 continue; 5497 5498 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 5499 Call->getLocStart(), 5500 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 5501 return ExprError(); 5502 } 5503 5504 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 5505 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 5506 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 5507 I != N; ++I) { 5508 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 5509 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 5510 if (Bind == TopBind) 5511 continue; 5512 5513 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 5514 5515 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 5516 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5517 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 5518 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 5519 5520 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5521 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5522 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5523 << Bind->getType()); 5524 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 5525 return ExprError(); 5526 5527 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5528 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5529 } 5530 5531 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 5532 return E; 5533 } 5534 5535 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 5536 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 5537 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 5538 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 5539 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 5540 unsigned Limit = 9; 5541 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 5542 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 5543 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 5544 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 5545 } 5546 5547 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 5548 if (I == SkipStart) { 5549 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 5550 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 5551 << SkipCount; 5552 I += SkipCount; 5553 } else { 5554 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 5555 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 5556 ++I; 5557 } 5558 } 5559 } 5560 5561 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5562 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5563 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5564 ParsedType &ObjectType, 5565 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 5566 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 5567 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 5568 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5569 Base = Result.get(); 5570 5571 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5572 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5573 Base = Result.get(); 5574 5575 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 5576 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 5577 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 5578 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 5579 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 5580 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 5581 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 5582 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5583 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5584 5585 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5586 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5587 return Base; 5588 } 5589 5590 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 5591 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 5592 // returned, with the original second operand. 5593 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5594 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 5595 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 5596 bool FirstIteration = true; 5597 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 5598 // The set of types we've considered so far. 5599 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 5600 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 5601 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 5602 5603 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5604 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 5605 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 5606 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 5607 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5608 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 5609 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 5610 return ExprError(); 5611 } 5612 5613 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 5614 S, Base, OpLoc, 5615 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 5616 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 5617 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 5618 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 5619 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5620 ? nullptr 5621 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 5622 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5623 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 5624 if (FirstIteration) { 5625 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5626 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 5627 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5628 OpKind = tok::period; 5629 break; 5630 } 5631 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 5632 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5633 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 5634 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 5635 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 5636 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 5637 } 5638 } 5639 return ExprError(); 5640 } 5641 Base = Result.get(); 5642 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 5643 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 5644 BaseType = Base->getType(); 5645 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 5646 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 5647 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 5648 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5649 return ExprError(); 5650 } 5651 FirstIteration = false; 5652 } 5653 5654 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 5655 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 5656 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5657 } 5658 5659 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 5660 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 5661 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 5662 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5663 5664 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5665 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 5666 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 5667 // postfix-expression. 5668 // 5669 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 5670 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 5671 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions. 5672 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 5673 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5674 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5675 ObjectType = ParsedType(); 5676 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5677 return Base; 5678 } 5679 5680 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 5681 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 5682 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 5683 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 5684 // the member function body. 5685 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 5686 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 5687 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 5688 return ExprError(); 5689 5690 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5691 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 5692 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 5693 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 5694 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 5695 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5696 return Base; 5697 } 5698 5699 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 5700 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 5701 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 5702 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5703 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 5704 Base = result.get(); 5705 } 5706 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 5707 5708 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5709 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 5710 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 5711 // This scalar type is the object type. 5712 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 5713 // arrow operator. 5714 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5715 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 5716 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5717 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 5718 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it. 5719 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5720 << ObjectType << true 5721 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5722 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 5723 return true; 5724 5725 OpKind = tok::period; 5726 } 5727 } 5728 5729 return false; 5730 } 5731 5732 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 5733 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5734 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5735 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5736 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 5737 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5738 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5739 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 5740 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 5741 5742 QualType ObjectType; 5743 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5744 return ExprError(); 5745 5746 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 5747 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 5748 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 5749 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 5750 else { 5751 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 5752 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5753 return ExprError(); 5754 } 5755 } 5756 5757 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5758 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 5759 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 5760 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 5761 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 5762 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 5763 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 5764 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 5765 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 5766 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5767 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5768 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5769 5770 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5771 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5772 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5773 DestructedTypeStart); 5774 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5775 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 5776 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 5777 5778 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5779 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 5780 // type. 5781 } else { 5782 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 5783 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5784 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5785 } 5786 5787 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5788 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5789 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5790 DestructedTypeStart); 5791 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5792 } 5793 } 5794 } 5795 5796 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5797 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 5798 // form 5799 // 5800 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 5801 // 5802 // shall designate the same scalar type. 5803 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 5804 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 5805 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 5806 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 5807 5808 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 5809 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5810 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 5811 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5812 5813 ScopeType = QualType(); 5814 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 5815 } 5816 } 5817 5818 Expr *Result 5819 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 5820 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 5821 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 5822 ScopeTypeInfo, 5823 CCLoc, 5824 TildeLoc, 5825 Destructed); 5826 5827 return Result; 5828 } 5829 5830 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5831 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5832 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5833 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5834 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 5835 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5836 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5837 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 5838 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5839 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 5840 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 5841 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5842 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 5843 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 5844 5845 QualType ObjectType; 5846 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5847 return ExprError(); 5848 5849 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 5850 // record types and dependent types matter. 5851 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 5852 if (!SS.isSet()) { 5853 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 5854 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 5855 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 5856 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 5857 } 5858 5859 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 5860 // type (with source-location information). 5861 QualType DestructedType; 5862 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 5863 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 5864 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5865 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 5866 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 5867 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 5868 if (!T && 5869 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 5870 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 5871 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 5872 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 5873 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 5874 // template instantiation time. 5875 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 5876 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 5877 } else if (!T) { 5878 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 5879 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 5880 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 5881 if (isSFINAEContext()) 5882 return ExprError(); 5883 5884 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 5885 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5886 } else 5887 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 5888 } else { 5889 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 5890 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 5891 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5892 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5893 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 5894 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 5895 TemplateId->Template, 5896 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 5897 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 5898 TemplateArgsPtr, 5899 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5900 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 5901 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 5902 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5903 } else 5904 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 5905 } 5906 5907 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 5908 // information. 5909 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 5910 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 5911 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 5912 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 5913 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5914 } 5915 5916 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 5917 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 5918 QualType ScopeType; 5919 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5920 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 5921 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5922 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 5923 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 5924 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 5925 if (!T) { 5926 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 5927 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 5928 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 5929 5930 if (isSFINAEContext()) 5931 return ExprError(); 5932 5933 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 5934 ScopeType = QualType(); 5935 } else 5936 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 5937 } else { 5938 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 5939 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 5940 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5941 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5942 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 5943 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 5944 TemplateId->Template, 5945 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 5946 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 5947 TemplateArgsPtr, 5948 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5949 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 5950 // Recover by dropping this type. 5951 ScopeType = QualType(); 5952 } else 5953 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 5954 } 5955 } 5956 5957 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 5958 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 5959 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 5960 5961 5962 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 5963 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 5964 Destructed); 5965 } 5966 5967 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5968 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5969 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5970 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5971 const DeclSpec& DS) { 5972 QualType ObjectType; 5973 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5974 return ExprError(); 5975 5976 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 5977 false); 5978 5979 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 5980 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 5981 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5982 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 5983 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 5984 5985 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 5986 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 5987 Destructed); 5988 } 5989 5990 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 5991 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 5992 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 5993 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 5994 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 5995 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 5996 // is a LambdaExpr. 5997 Expr *SubE = E; 5998 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 5999 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6000 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6001 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6002 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6003 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6004 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6005 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6006 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6007 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6008 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6009 // autoreleased. 6010 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6011 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6012 E->getExprLoc(), 6013 Method, E); 6014 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6015 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6016 return Exp; 6017 } 6018 } 6019 6020 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6021 FoundDecl, Method); 6022 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6023 return true; 6024 6025 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6026 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6027 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6028 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6029 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6030 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6031 6032 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6033 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6034 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6035 6036 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6037 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6038 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6039 return CE; 6040 } 6041 6042 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6043 SourceLocation RParen) { 6044 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6045 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6046 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6047 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6048 if (R.isInvalid()) 6049 return R; 6050 6051 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6052 Operand = R.get(); 6053 6054 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6055 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6056 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6057 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6058 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6059 } 6060 6061 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6062 return new (Context) 6063 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6064 } 6065 6066 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6067 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6068 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6069 } 6070 6071 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6072 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6073 // according to [expr]p10: 6074 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6075 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6076 // one of the following forms: 6077 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6078 6079 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6080 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6081 return true; 6082 6083 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6084 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6085 return true; 6086 6087 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6088 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6089 return true; 6090 6091 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6092 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6093 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6094 return true; 6095 6096 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6097 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6098 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6099 return true; 6100 6101 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6102 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6103 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6104 } 6105 6106 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6107 // operands are one of the above, or 6108 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6109 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6110 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6111 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6112 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6113 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6114 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6115 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6116 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6117 } 6118 6119 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6120 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6121 return true; 6122 6123 return false; 6124 } 6125 6126 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6127 /// context that ignores the result. 6128 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6129 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6130 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6131 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6132 E = result.get(); 6133 } 6134 6135 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6136 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6137 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6138 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6139 if (E->isRValue()) { 6140 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6141 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6142 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6143 // some clients. 6144 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6145 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6146 6147 return E; 6148 } 6149 6150 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6151 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6152 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6153 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6154 // conversion. 6155 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6156 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6157 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6158 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6159 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6160 return E; 6161 E = Res.get(); 6162 } 6163 return E; 6164 } 6165 6166 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6167 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6168 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6169 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6170 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6171 return E; 6172 } 6173 } 6174 6175 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6176 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6177 return E; 6178 E = Res.get(); 6179 6180 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6181 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6182 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6183 return E; 6184 } 6185 6186 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6187 // in a constant expression, return true. 6188 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6189 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6190 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6191 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6192 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6193 // never be a constant expression. 6194 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6195 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6196 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6197 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6198 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6199 ASTContext &Context) { 6200 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6201 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6202 6203 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6204 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6205 assert(DefVD); 6206 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6207 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6208 6209 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6210 6211 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6212 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6213 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6214 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6215 return false; 6216 } 6217 6218 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6219 } 6220 6221 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6222 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6223 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6224 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6225 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6226 /// need to be captured. 6227 6228 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6229 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6230 6231 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6232 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6233 assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 6234 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6235 6236 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6237 6238 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6239 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6240 6241 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6242 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6243 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6244 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6245 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6246 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6247 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6248 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6249 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6250 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6251 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6252 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6253 // For e.g.: 6254 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6255 // int test() { 6256 // const int x = 10; 6257 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6258 // (void) +x + a; 6259 // }; 6260 // } 6261 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6262 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6263 continue; 6264 6265 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6266 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6267 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6268 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6269 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6270 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6271 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6272 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6273 } 6274 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6275 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6276 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6277 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6278 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6279 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6280 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6281 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6282 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6283 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6284 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6285 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6286 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6287 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6288 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6289 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6290 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6291 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6292 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6293 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6294 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6295 } 6296 } 6297 } 6298 6299 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6300 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6301 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6302 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6303 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6304 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6305 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6306 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6307 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 6308 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 6309 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6310 } 6311 } 6312 6313 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 6314 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 6315 } 6316 6317 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 6318 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 6319 TypoCorrection TC) { 6320 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 6321 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 6322 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 6323 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 6324 6325 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 6326 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6327 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 6328 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 6329 NewSS = *SS; 6330 6331 if (auto *ND = TC.getCorrectionDecl()) { 6332 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 6333 R.addDecl(ND); 6334 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 6335 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 6336 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 6337 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6338 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6339 if (!Record) 6340 Record = 6341 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 6342 if (Record) 6343 R.setNamingClass(Record); 6344 6345 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 6346 // member. 6347 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 6348 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 6349 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6350 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 6351 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6352 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 6353 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6354 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 6355 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6356 else 6357 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 6358 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 6359 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 6360 6361 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 6362 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 6363 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 6364 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr); 6365 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 6366 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 6367 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 6368 } 6369 } 6370 6371 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 6372 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 6373 } 6374 6375 namespace { 6376 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 6377 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 6378 6379 public: 6380 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 6381 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 6382 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 6383 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 6384 return true; 6385 } 6386 }; 6387 6388 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 6389 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 6390 6391 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 6392 // process of being initialized. 6393 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 6394 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 6395 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 6396 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 6397 6398 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 6399 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 6400 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 6401 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 6402 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 6403 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 6404 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 6405 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6406 if (State.DiagHandler) { 6407 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 6408 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 6409 6410 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 6411 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 6412 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 6413 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 6414 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 6415 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 6416 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 6417 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 6418 6419 State.DiagHandler(TC); 6420 } 6421 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 6422 } 6423 } 6424 6425 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 6426 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 6427 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 6428 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 6429 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 6430 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 6431 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 6432 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 6433 /// of corrections. 6434 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 6435 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 6436 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6437 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6438 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 6439 return true; 6440 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6441 } 6442 return false; 6443 } 6444 6445 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 6446 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 6447 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 6448 6449 if (!E) 6450 return nullptr; 6451 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6452 return DRE->getDecl(); 6453 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 6454 return ME->getMemberDecl(); 6455 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 6456 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 6457 // contain multiple decls. 6458 return nullptr; 6459 } 6460 6461 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 6462 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6463 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 6464 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 6465 return ExprError(); 6466 6467 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 6468 } 6469 6470 public: 6471 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 6472 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 6473 6474 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6475 MultiExprArg Args, 6476 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6477 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 6478 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 6479 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 6480 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 6481 if (Result.isUsable()) { 6482 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 6483 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 6484 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 6485 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 6486 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 6487 } 6488 } 6489 return Result; 6490 } 6491 6492 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6493 6494 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 6495 ExprResult Res; 6496 while (true) { 6497 Res = TryTransform(E); 6498 6499 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 6500 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 6501 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 6502 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 6503 break; 6504 } 6505 6506 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 6507 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 6508 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 6509 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 6510 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 6511 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 6512 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 6513 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6514 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 6515 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6516 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 6517 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6518 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6519 Res = ExprError(); 6520 break; 6521 } 6522 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 6523 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 6524 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 6525 } 6526 6527 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 6528 if (!Res.isUsable()) 6529 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 6530 6531 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 6532 6533 return Res; 6534 } 6535 6536 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 6537 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 6538 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 6539 // first one that was encountered. 6540 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 6541 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 6542 return CacheEntry; 6543 } 6544 6545 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 6546 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 6547 6548 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 6549 // typo correction and return it. 6550 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 6551 if (InitDecl && TC.getCorrectionDecl() == InitDecl) 6552 continue; 6553 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 6554 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 6555 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 6556 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 6557 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 6558 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 6559 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 6560 TypoCorrection Next; 6561 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 6562 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 6563 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 6564 } else { 6565 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 6566 } 6567 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 6568 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 6569 return CacheEntry = NE; 6570 } 6571 } 6572 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 6573 } 6574 }; 6575 } 6576 6577 ExprResult 6578 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 6579 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 6580 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 6581 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 6582 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 6583 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 6584 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 6585 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 6586 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 6587 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 6588 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 6589 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 6590 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 6591 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 6592 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 6593 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 6594 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 6595 return Result; 6596 } 6597 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 6598 } 6599 return E; 6600 } 6601 6602 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 6603 bool DiscardedValue, 6604 bool IsConstexpr, 6605 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 6606 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 6607 6608 if (!FullExpr.get()) 6609 return ExprError(); 6610 6611 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 6612 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 6613 // containing full-expression is done). 6614 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 6615 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 6616 // return a; 6617 // }() ...); 6618 // } 6619 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 6620 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 6621 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 6622 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 6623 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 6624 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 6625 // parser/instantiation has got to). 6626 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 6627 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 6628 return ExprError(); 6629 6630 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 6631 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 6632 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 6633 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 6634 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6635 return ExprError(); 6636 } 6637 6638 if (DiscardedValue) { 6639 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6640 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6641 return ExprError(); 6642 6643 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 6644 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6645 return ExprError(); 6646 } 6647 6648 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6649 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6650 return ExprError(); 6651 6652 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 6653 6654 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 6655 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 6656 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 6657 // Consider the following code: 6658 // void f(int, int); 6659 // void f(const int&, double); 6660 // void foo() { 6661 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 6662 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6663 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 6664 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 6665 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 6666 // }; 6667 // }; 6668 // } 6669 6670 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 6671 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 6672 // void f() { 6673 // const int n = 0; 6674 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 6675 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 6676 // }; 6677 // } 6678 // 6679 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 6680 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 6681 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 6682 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 6683 6684 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda(); 6685 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 6686 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 6687 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 6688 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 6689 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 6690 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 6691 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 6692 // "Alternative suggestion: 6693 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 6694 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 6695 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 6696 // constructor/destructor. 6697 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 6698 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 6699 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 6700 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 6701 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6702 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 6703 *this); 6704 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 6705 } 6706 6707 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 6708 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 6709 6710 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 6711 } 6712 6713 Sema::IfExistsResult 6714 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 6715 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6716 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 6717 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 6718 if (!TargetName) 6719 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6720 6721 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 6722 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 6723 return IER_Dependent; 6724 6725 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 6726 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 6727 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6728 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 6729 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 6730 6731 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 6732 case LookupResult::Found: 6733 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 6734 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 6735 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 6736 return IER_Exists; 6737 6738 case LookupResult::NotFound: 6739 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6740 6741 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 6742 return IER_Dependent; 6743 } 6744 6745 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 6746 } 6747 6748 Sema::IfExistsResult 6749 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 6750 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6751 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 6752 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 6753 6754 // Check for unexpanded parameter packs. 6755 SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded; 6756 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded); 6757 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded); 6758 if (!Unexpanded.empty()) { 6759 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc, 6760 IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 6761 : UPPC_IfNotExists, 6762 Unexpanded); 6763 return IER_Error; 6764 } 6765 6766 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 6767 } 6768